1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
68 /* readline include files */
69 #include "readline/readline.h"
70 #include "readline/history.h"
72 /* readline defines this. */
75 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
76 #include "python/python.h"
78 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
79 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
80 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
82 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
96 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100 static void clear_command (char *, int);
102 static void catch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
112 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
113 struct symtab_and_line
,
116 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
118 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
122 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
123 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
124 struct obj_section
*, int);
126 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
128 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
131 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
132 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
134 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
135 struct address_space
*aspace
,
138 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
140 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
142 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
143 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
145 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
147 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
149 static void commands_command (char *, int);
151 static void condition_command (char *, int);
160 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
161 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
165 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
167 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
169 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
171 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
173 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
175 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
177 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
179 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
181 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
183 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
185 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
187 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
189 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
190 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
192 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
194 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
196 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
199 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
200 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
201 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
203 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
205 static void update_global_location_list (int);
207 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
209 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
211 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
213 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
217 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
229 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
230 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
231 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
232 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
234 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
235 breakpoints share a single command list. */
236 struct counted_command_line
238 /* The reference count. */
241 /* The command list. */
242 struct command_line
*commands
;
245 struct command_line
*
246 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
248 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
251 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
252 current breakpoint. */
254 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
257 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
259 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
260 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
262 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
264 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
267 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
268 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
269 if such is available. */
270 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
273 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
274 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
277 fprintf_filtered (file
,
278 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
279 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
283 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
284 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
285 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
286 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
287 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
289 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
290 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
293 fprintf_filtered (file
,
294 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
295 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
299 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
300 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
301 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
302 use hardware breakpoints. */
303 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
305 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
309 fprintf_filtered (file
,
310 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
314 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
315 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
316 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
317 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
318 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
320 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
321 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
322 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
323 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
324 always_inserted_auto
,
329 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
331 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
334 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
337 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
339 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
341 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
346 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
348 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
349 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
352 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
354 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
355 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
357 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
358 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
360 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
361 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
363 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
365 current breakpoint. */
367 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
369 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
370 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
371 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
374 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
375 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
376 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
378 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
379 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
380 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
383 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
385 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
386 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
387 if (is_tracepoint (B))
389 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
391 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
393 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
395 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
397 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
399 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
401 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
402 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
403 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
404 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
405 an address you need to read. */
407 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
409 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
410 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
411 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
412 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
413 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
415 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
417 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
418 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
420 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
422 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
424 static int breakpoint_count
;
426 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
427 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
428 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
429 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
430 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
432 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
434 static int tracepoint_count
;
436 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
437 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
438 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
440 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
442 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
444 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
447 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
450 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
452 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
453 breakpoint_count
= num
;
454 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
457 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
458 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
459 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
465 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
467 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
470 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
474 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
476 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
479 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
482 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
484 struct breakpoint
*b
;
490 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
491 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
493 static struct counted_command_line
*
494 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
496 struct counted_command_line
*result
497 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
500 result
->commands
= commands
;
504 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
507 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
513 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
514 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
515 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
518 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
522 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
524 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
531 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
534 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
536 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
539 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
542 static struct cleanup
*
543 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
545 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
548 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
549 for "break" command with no arg.
550 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
551 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
553 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
555 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
556 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
557 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
558 int default_breakpoint_line
;
559 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
562 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
563 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
566 get_breakpoint (int num
)
568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
571 if (b
->number
== num
)
580 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
583 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
585 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
590 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
591 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
598 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
604 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
605 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
606 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
607 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
609 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
611 innermost_block
= NULL
;
613 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
615 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
616 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
620 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
624 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
626 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
630 breakpoints_changed ();
631 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
634 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
637 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
639 struct breakpoint
*b
;
644 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
647 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
649 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
652 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
654 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
655 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
656 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
657 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
659 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
660 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
661 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
662 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
666 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
669 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
670 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
671 Throw if any such commands is found. */
674 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
676 struct command_line
*c
;
678 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
682 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
683 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
684 "only be used for tracepoints"));
686 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
687 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
689 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
690 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
692 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
693 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
695 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
696 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
700 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
703 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
705 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
706 || b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
707 || b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
710 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
711 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
715 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
716 struct command_line
*commands
)
718 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
720 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
721 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
722 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
723 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
724 struct command_line
*c
;
725 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
726 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
728 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
730 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
732 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
733 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
734 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
735 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
738 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
739 "can be used only once"));
746 struct command_line
*c2
;
748 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
749 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
750 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
752 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
753 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
759 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
763 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
764 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
767 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
769 struct breakpoint
*b
;
770 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
771 struct bp_location
*loc
;
774 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
776 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
777 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
778 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
784 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
785 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
788 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
789 struct command_line
*commands
)
791 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
793 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
794 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
795 breakpoints_changed ();
796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
799 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
800 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
804 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
806 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
809 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
810 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
813 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
814 breakpoint work for any thread. */
817 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
819 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
822 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
823 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
826 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
827 breakpoint work for any task. */
830 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
832 int old_task
= b
->task
;
835 if (old_task
!= task
)
836 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
840 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
842 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
844 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
847 /* A structure used to pass information through
848 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
852 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
855 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
858 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
859 already-parsed command. */
860 struct command_line
*control
;
862 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
864 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
867 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
871 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
873 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
875 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
877 struct command_line
*l
;
879 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
880 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
883 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
886 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
887 "%s, one per line."),
890 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
892 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
895 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
898 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
901 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
904 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
906 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
908 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
909 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
910 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
911 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
912 breakpoints_changed ();
913 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
918 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
919 struct command_line
*control
)
921 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
922 struct commands_info info
;
924 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
925 info
.control
= control
;
927 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
928 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
929 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
931 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
933 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
934 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
936 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
937 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
940 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
941 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
942 numbers will fail in this case. */
947 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
952 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
956 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
958 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
959 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
961 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
965 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
967 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
970 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
971 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
973 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
974 that are part of if and while bodies. */
975 enum command_control_type
976 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
978 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
979 return simple_control
;
982 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
985 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
987 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
991 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
992 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
997 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
998 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1000 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1001 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1002 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1003 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1004 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1005 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1006 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1007 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1009 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1012 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1014 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1016 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1018 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1019 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1020 report higher one. */
1023 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1024 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1026 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1028 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1029 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1031 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1032 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1033 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1034 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1036 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1037 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1038 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1040 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1042 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1049 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1050 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1051 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1052 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1053 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1056 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1058 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1059 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1060 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1063 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1066 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1068 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1070 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1071 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1075 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1076 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1077 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1080 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1083 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1084 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1085 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1088 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1090 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1091 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1094 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1096 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1097 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1099 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1100 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1104 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1105 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1109 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1110 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1112 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1113 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1114 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1118 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1120 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1121 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1124 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1125 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1130 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1133 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1135 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1136 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1137 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1140 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1144 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1146 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1147 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1150 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1151 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1152 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1153 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1154 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1155 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1156 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1157 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1161 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1163 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1164 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1165 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1168 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1169 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1172 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1174 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1176 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1178 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1179 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1180 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1181 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1182 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1184 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1187 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1188 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1189 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1190 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1192 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1194 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1195 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1198 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1199 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1200 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1201 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1202 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1203 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1204 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1205 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1207 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1208 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1209 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1210 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1211 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1212 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1213 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1214 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1217 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1218 hardware watchpoints:
1220 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1221 called several times when GDB stops.
1224 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1225 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1226 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1227 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1228 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1229 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1230 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1231 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1232 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1233 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1234 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1236 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1237 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1240 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1242 int within_current_scope
;
1243 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1246 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1248 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1249 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1250 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1251 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1254 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1259 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1260 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1261 within_current_scope
= 1;
1264 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1265 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1266 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1268 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1269 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1270 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1271 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1274 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1275 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1276 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1277 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1280 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1282 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1283 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1284 if (within_current_scope
)
1288 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1289 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1290 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1293 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1302 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1303 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1304 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1305 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1306 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1307 be completely different objects. */
1308 value_free (b
->val
);
1312 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1313 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1314 locations (re)created below. */
1315 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1317 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1319 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1324 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1328 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1329 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1330 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1331 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1332 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1333 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1335 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1336 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1337 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1339 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1342 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1343 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1345 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1347 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1348 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1349 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1350 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1351 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1353 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1359 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1361 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1362 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1364 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1365 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1366 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1367 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1368 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1369 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1370 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1372 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1374 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1375 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1376 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1378 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1379 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1383 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1385 addr
= value_address (v
);
1386 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1388 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1390 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1393 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1394 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1397 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1399 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1400 loc
->address
= addr
;
1402 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1407 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1408 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1409 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1414 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1415 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1417 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1421 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1423 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1424 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1425 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1427 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1428 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1429 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1430 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1431 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1432 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1434 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1435 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1437 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (b
->type
, &other_type_used
);
1438 target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1439 (b
->type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1440 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1442 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1443 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1444 int sw_mode
= (!b
->ops
|| !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1445 || b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
));
1447 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1448 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1449 "hardware watchpoint."));
1450 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1451 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1452 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1454 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1457 else if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1458 && !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1459 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1460 "read/access watchpoint."));
1462 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1464 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1465 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1466 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1467 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1470 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1472 next
= value_next (v
);
1477 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1478 above left it without any location set up. But,
1479 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1480 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1481 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1483 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1484 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1485 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1486 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1487 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1490 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1492 printf_filtered (_("\
1493 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1494 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1496 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1499 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1501 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1505 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1506 inserted in the inferior. */
1508 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1510 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1513 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1516 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1519 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1520 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1521 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1522 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1523 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1524 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1525 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1526 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1527 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1530 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1532 if (is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
1538 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1539 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1540 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1542 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1543 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1545 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1546 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1547 int *disabled_breaks
,
1548 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1552 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1555 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1556 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1557 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1558 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1559 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1561 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1562 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1564 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1566 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1567 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1568 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1570 Two important cases are:
1571 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1572 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1573 hardware breakpoint.
1574 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1575 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1576 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1579 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1580 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1581 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1582 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1584 struct mem_region
*mr
1585 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1589 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1591 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1593 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1594 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1596 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1598 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1600 static int said
= 0;
1602 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1605 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1606 _("Note: automatically using "
1607 "hardware breakpoints for "
1608 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1613 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1614 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1615 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1616 "at readonly address %s"),
1617 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1621 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1622 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1623 || bl
->section
== NULL
1624 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1626 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1628 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1629 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1632 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1637 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1638 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1639 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1641 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1642 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1643 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1644 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1645 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1649 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1651 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1652 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1653 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1654 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1655 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1658 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1659 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1663 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1664 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1666 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1667 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1668 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1671 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1676 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1677 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1684 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1685 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1687 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1689 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1690 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1691 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1693 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1694 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1696 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1697 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1698 "library breakpoints:\n");
1700 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1701 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1702 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1706 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1708 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1709 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1710 "Cannot insert hardware "
1716 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1717 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1719 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1720 "Error accessing memory address ");
1721 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1723 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1724 safe_strerror (val
));
1735 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1736 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1737 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1738 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1740 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1741 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1743 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1745 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1746 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1747 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1749 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1751 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1752 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1756 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1757 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1761 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1762 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1769 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1770 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1773 /* Back to the original value. */
1774 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1778 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1781 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1783 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1784 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1786 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1789 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1793 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1794 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1796 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1799 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1801 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1802 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1803 so just return success. */
1810 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1811 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1815 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1817 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1818 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1820 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1823 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1827 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1828 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1831 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1833 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1835 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1836 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1837 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1839 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1840 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1842 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1848 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1849 removed locations above. */
1850 update_global_location_list (0);
1853 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1854 Throws exception on any error.
1855 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1856 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1858 insert_breakpoints (void)
1860 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1863 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1864 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1866 update_global_location_list (1);
1868 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1869 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1871 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1872 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1875 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1876 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1877 Both return zero if successful,
1878 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1881 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1883 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1884 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1887 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1888 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1890 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1891 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1893 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1894 there was an error. */
1895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1897 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1901 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1904 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1905 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1906 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1907 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1908 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
1911 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
1913 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1914 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1915 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1916 insert breakpoints. */
1917 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1918 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1921 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
1922 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1927 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1928 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1931 int some_failed
= 0;
1932 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1934 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1940 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1943 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1944 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1951 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1953 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1955 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1956 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1957 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1965 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1966 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1967 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1969 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1970 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1971 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1973 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1974 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1977 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1981 remove_breakpoints (void)
1983 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1989 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
1994 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1997 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1999 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2001 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2005 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2010 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2019 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2021 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2022 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2024 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2025 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2026 struct inferior
*inf
;
2027 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2029 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2033 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2034 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2036 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2038 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2039 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2041 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2043 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2049 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2052 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2057 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2061 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2063 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2064 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2065 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2066 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2067 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2068 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2070 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2073 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2076 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2077 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2081 static struct breakpoint
*
2082 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2083 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2085 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2086 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2088 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2091 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2092 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2094 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2095 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2096 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2101 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2103 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2105 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2107 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2108 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2110 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2111 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2113 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2114 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2116 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2117 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2119 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2120 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2123 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2125 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2126 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2128 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2131 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2133 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2136 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2137 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2139 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2140 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2142 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2144 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2145 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2147 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2148 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2150 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2151 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2153 return bp_objfile_data
;
2157 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2159 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2160 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2162 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2164 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2165 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2168 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2170 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2173 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2175 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2177 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2180 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2181 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2184 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2187 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2188 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2190 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2192 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2194 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2195 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2199 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2200 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2203 update_global_location_list (1);
2207 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2209 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2210 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2212 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2214 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2216 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2218 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2220 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2223 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2224 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2226 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2227 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2230 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2232 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2234 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2235 const char *func_name
;
2238 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2241 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2242 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2244 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2246 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2249 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2250 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2253 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2256 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2257 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
2258 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2259 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2263 update_global_location_list (1);
2265 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2268 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2270 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2272 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2273 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2274 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2276 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2278 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2280 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2283 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2285 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2287 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2288 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2290 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2295 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2297 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2299 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2300 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2301 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2304 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2307 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2310 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2311 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2312 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2313 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2318 update_global_location_list (1);
2320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2328 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2329 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2333 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2334 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2338 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2340 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2343 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2345 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2347 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2349 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2350 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2352 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2356 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2359 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2360 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2362 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
2363 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2364 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2367 update_global_location_list (1);
2371 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2373 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2374 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2376 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2377 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2378 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2379 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2380 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2381 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2382 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2383 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2384 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2385 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2386 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2390 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2393 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2394 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2396 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2400 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2401 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2403 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2407 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2408 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2409 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2410 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2411 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2413 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2417 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2418 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2420 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2424 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2426 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2427 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2429 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2433 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2435 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2436 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2437 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2438 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2442 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2443 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2444 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2445 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2446 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2447 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2449 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2450 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2451 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2452 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2453 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2454 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2455 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2457 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2458 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2459 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2460 let finish_command delete it.
2462 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2463 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2464 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2465 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2466 solib breakpoints.) */
2468 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2473 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2474 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2476 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2478 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2482 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2483 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2484 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2485 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2490 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2492 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2494 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2495 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2497 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2498 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2500 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2501 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2502 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2504 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2508 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2511 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2512 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2514 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2518 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2519 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2520 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2521 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2522 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2525 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2529 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2530 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2532 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2533 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2536 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2537 This should not ever happen. */
2538 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2540 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2541 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2543 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2544 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2545 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2547 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2548 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2549 || bl
->section
== NULL
2550 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2552 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2554 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2555 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2557 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2561 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2562 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2563 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2565 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2566 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2568 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2569 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2570 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2571 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2572 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2574 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2575 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2577 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2578 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2581 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2582 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2583 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2584 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2585 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2586 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2589 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2590 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2591 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2592 else if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2593 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2600 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2605 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2606 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2607 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2608 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2613 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2615 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2617 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2618 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2620 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2621 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2623 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2624 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2625 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2628 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2629 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2632 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2633 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2635 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2639 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2646 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2649 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2651 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2652 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2654 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2655 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2658 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2659 This should not ever happen. */
2660 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2662 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2664 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2666 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2668 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2672 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2675 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2677 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2679 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2680 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2684 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2685 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2687 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2690 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2691 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2692 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2697 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2699 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2700 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2702 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2704 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2706 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2711 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2712 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2713 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2719 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2726 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2727 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2730 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2732 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2734 case bp_shlib_event
:
2736 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2737 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2738 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2739 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2740 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2742 (gdb) file prog-linux
2743 (gdb) run # native linux target
2746 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2747 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2750 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2754 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2755 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2756 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2758 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2759 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2760 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2761 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2763 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2764 insert_breakpoints. */
2766 value_free (b
->val
);
2776 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2777 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2778 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2779 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2782 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2783 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2784 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2785 match, not program space. */
2787 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2788 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2789 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2790 permanent breakpoint.
2791 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2792 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2793 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2794 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2795 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2797 enum breakpoint_here
2798 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2800 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2801 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2803 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2805 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2806 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2809 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2810 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2811 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2812 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2814 if (overlay_debugging
2815 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2816 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2817 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2818 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2819 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2821 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2825 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2828 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2831 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2833 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2836 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2837 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2843 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2844 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2845 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2846 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2849 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2852 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2854 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2856 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2857 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2861 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2863 if (overlay_debugging
2864 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2865 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2866 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2874 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2875 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2878 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2880 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2883 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2889 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2893 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2896 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2898 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2900 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2904 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2907 if (overlay_debugging
2908 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2909 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2910 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2916 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2917 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2924 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2925 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2927 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2931 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2933 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2934 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2940 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2941 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2945 /* Check for intersection. */
2946 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2947 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2955 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2956 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2959 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2962 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2963 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2967 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2969 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2970 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2973 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2975 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2978 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2981 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2983 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2984 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2985 it is now time to do so. */
2987 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2988 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2992 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2994 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2995 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2996 it is now time to do so. */
2998 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2999 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3003 if (overlay_debugging
3004 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3005 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3006 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3015 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3019 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3021 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3024 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3028 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3030 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3031 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3032 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3033 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3037 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3038 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3041 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3058 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3059 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3062 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3066 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3071 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3073 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3074 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3075 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3076 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3077 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3079 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3080 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3084 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3094 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3097 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3102 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3104 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3110 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3111 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3112 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3113 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3115 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3116 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3118 Return 1 otherwise. */
3121 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3123 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3126 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3128 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3129 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3130 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3131 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3132 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3134 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3136 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3140 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3143 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
3145 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3147 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3148 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3149 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3151 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3157 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3160 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3162 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3164 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3166 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3167 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3168 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3169 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3170 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3174 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3177 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3180 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3182 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3185 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3186 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3187 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3188 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3190 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3191 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3192 bpstat of the current thread. */
3195 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3198 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3201 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3203 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3206 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3207 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3209 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3211 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3214 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3215 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3217 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3218 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3219 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3221 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3223 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3224 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3225 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3226 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3227 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3228 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3229 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3230 the tree when we're done. */
3231 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3232 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3234 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3235 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3236 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3240 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3242 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3248 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3249 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3251 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3253 if (target_can_async_p ())
3254 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3255 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3256 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3259 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3260 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3261 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3262 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3263 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3264 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3265 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3266 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3267 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3268 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3269 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3270 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3271 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3276 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3281 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3283 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3284 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3285 && target_has_execution
3286 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3287 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3288 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3289 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3290 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3291 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3292 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3296 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3299 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3302 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3305 struct value_print_options opts
;
3306 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3307 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3311 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3312 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3313 by having it set different print_it values.
3315 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3316 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3317 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3319 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3321 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3322 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3323 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3324 don't print anything else.
3325 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3326 that something to be followed by a location.
3327 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3328 that something to be followed by a location.
3329 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3332 static enum print_stop_action
3333 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3335 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3336 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3337 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3338 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3340 enum print_stop_action result
;
3342 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
3344 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3345 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3347 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3348 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3353 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3354 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3355 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3356 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3359 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3361 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3363 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3364 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3366 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3367 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3368 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3370 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3371 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3372 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3375 case bp_shlib_event
:
3376 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3377 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3378 to shlib event" message.) */
3379 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3380 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3383 case bp_thread_event
:
3384 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3385 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3386 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3387 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3390 case bp_overlay_event
:
3391 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3392 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3393 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3396 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3397 /* These should never be enabled. */
3398 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3399 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3402 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3403 /* These should never be enabled. */
3404 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3405 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3406 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3409 case bp_exception_master
:
3410 /* These should never be enabled. */
3411 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3412 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3413 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3417 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3418 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3419 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3422 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3424 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3425 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3426 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3427 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3428 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3429 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3430 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3431 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3432 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3433 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3436 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3437 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3440 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3442 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3443 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3444 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3445 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3446 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3447 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3450 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3451 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3453 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3454 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3457 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3459 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3461 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3462 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3463 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3471 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3472 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3473 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3475 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3476 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3477 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3478 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3481 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3485 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3488 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3489 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3493 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3496 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3497 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3502 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3504 case bp_exception_resume
:
3505 case bp_step_resume
:
3506 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3508 case bp_std_terminate
:
3510 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3512 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
3513 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
3515 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3519 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3523 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3524 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3525 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3526 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3529 static enum print_stop_action
3530 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3532 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3535 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3536 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3540 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3541 relevant messages. */
3542 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3545 case print_it_normal
:
3547 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3549 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3550 which has since been deleted. */
3552 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3554 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3555 print_it_typical. */
3556 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3557 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3559 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3564 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3565 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3570 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3571 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3572 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3573 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3574 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3575 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3578 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3579 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3580 code to print the location. An example is
3581 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3583 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3584 to also print the location part of the message.
3585 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3586 don't require a location appended to the end.
3587 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3588 further info to be printed. */
3590 enum print_stop_action
3591 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3595 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3596 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3597 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3598 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3599 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3601 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3602 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3603 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3604 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3608 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3609 with and nothing was printed. */
3610 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3613 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3614 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3615 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3616 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3619 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3621 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3622 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3624 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3628 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3631 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3635 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3637 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3638 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3639 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3640 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3641 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3642 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3643 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3644 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3646 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3650 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3651 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3654 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3656 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3658 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3660 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3662 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3663 as not triggered. */
3665 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3666 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3671 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3673 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3674 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3676 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3677 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3679 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3682 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3683 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3687 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3689 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3691 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3692 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3694 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc
->owner
))
3696 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3697 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3699 if (newaddr
== start
)
3701 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3705 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3706 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3710 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3719 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3720 because of check_errors). */
3721 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3722 #define WP_DELETED 1
3723 /* The value has changed. */
3724 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3725 /* The value has not changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3727 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3730 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3731 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3733 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3736 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3737 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3740 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3742 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3743 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3744 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3745 int within_current_scope
;
3747 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3748 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3749 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3751 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
3753 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3754 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3755 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3756 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3759 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3760 within_current_scope
= 1;
3763 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3764 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3765 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3767 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3768 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3769 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3770 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3771 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3772 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3773 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3774 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3775 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3776 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3779 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3780 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3782 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3783 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3784 if (within_current_scope
)
3786 struct symbol
*function
;
3788 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3789 if (function
== NULL
3790 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3791 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3792 within_current_scope
= 0;
3795 if (within_current_scope
)
3796 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3797 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3802 if (within_current_scope
)
3804 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3805 time before we return to the command level and call
3806 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3807 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3811 struct value
*new_val
;
3813 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3814 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3815 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3816 a mask watchpoint. */
3817 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3819 mark
= value_mark ();
3820 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3822 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3823 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3824 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3825 not what we want. */
3826 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3827 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3829 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3831 release_value (new_val
);
3832 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3834 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3837 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3841 /* Nothing changed. */
3842 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3843 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3848 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3849 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3850 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3851 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3852 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3853 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3854 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3855 the first value assigned). */
3856 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3857 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3858 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3859 information here. */
3860 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3862 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3863 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3864 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3866 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3867 which its expression is valid.\n");
3869 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3870 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
3871 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3877 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3878 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3879 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3881 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3882 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3884 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3886 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3887 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3889 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
)
3890 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
3892 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3894 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
3897 if (!is_watchpoint (b
)
3898 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3899 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3901 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3904 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3905 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3906 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3910 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3911 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3912 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3913 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3914 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3915 (did not match the data address). */
3917 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
3918 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3921 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3923 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3925 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3926 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3927 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3934 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3935 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3938 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3940 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3941 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3943 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3944 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3945 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3946 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3947 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3949 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3951 int must_check_value
= 0;
3953 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3954 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3956 must_check_value
= 1;
3957 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3958 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3959 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3961 must_check_value
= 1;
3962 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3963 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3964 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3965 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3966 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3967 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3968 must_check_value
= 1;
3970 if (must_check_value
)
3973 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3975 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3976 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3978 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3982 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3983 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3987 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3990 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3991 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3993 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3995 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3996 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3997 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3998 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3999 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4000 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4001 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4004 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4005 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4008 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4009 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4010 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4011 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4013 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4014 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4015 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4018 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4019 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4020 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4021 changes. This still gives false positives when
4022 the program writes the same value to memory as
4023 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4024 it for a read), but it's much better than
4027 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4029 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4031 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4033 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4034 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4035 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4036 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
4037 == watch_triggered_yes
))
4039 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4044 if (other_write_watchpoint
4045 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4047 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4048 and the value changed since the last time we
4049 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4051 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4056 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4057 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4058 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4060 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4061 the value hasn't changed. */
4062 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4070 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4071 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
4072 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4073 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4074 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4078 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4080 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4081 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4082 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4083 anything for this watchpoint. */
4084 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4091 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4092 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4093 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4096 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4098 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4099 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4100 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4102 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4103 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4104 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4105 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4106 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4108 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4109 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4113 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4114 struct expression
*cond
;
4116 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4117 method implemented. */
4118 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4119 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4121 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4126 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4128 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4130 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4131 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4132 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4133 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4135 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4137 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4138 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4139 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4140 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4141 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4143 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4144 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4147 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4149 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4150 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4151 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4152 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4153 really matter which instantiation of the function
4154 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4155 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4156 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4157 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4158 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4159 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4160 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4161 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4163 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4165 select_frame (frame
);
4167 within_current_scope
= 0;
4169 if (within_current_scope
)
4171 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4172 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4176 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4177 "in the current scope"));
4178 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4179 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4182 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4183 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4186 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4190 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4194 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4197 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4199 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4201 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4207 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4208 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4210 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4211 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4214 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4216 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4218 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4219 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4220 several reasons concurrently.)
4222 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4223 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4226 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4227 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4229 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4230 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4231 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4232 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4233 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4234 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4237 int need_remove_insert
;
4240 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4241 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4242 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4243 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4244 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4245 inferior function calls. */
4249 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4252 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4254 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4255 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4256 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4257 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4258 checked all locations already. */
4259 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4262 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4265 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4268 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4271 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4274 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4275 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4276 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4280 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4281 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4282 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4284 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4285 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4289 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4291 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4293 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4294 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4297 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4301 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4302 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4303 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4307 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4312 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4316 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4318 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4319 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4320 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
4321 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
4322 /* We do not stop for these. */
4325 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4330 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4332 /* We will stop here. */
4333 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4335 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4336 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4341 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4342 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4343 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4344 if (bs
->commands_left
4345 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4348 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4350 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4355 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4356 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4357 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4360 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4361 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4362 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4364 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4365 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4366 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4368 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4369 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4371 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4372 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4375 if (need_remove_insert
)
4376 update_global_location_list (1);
4377 else if (removed_any
)
4378 update_global_location_list (0);
4384 handle_jit_event (void)
4386 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4387 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4389 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4390 breakpoint_re_set. */
4391 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4393 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4394 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4396 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4398 target_terminal_inferior ();
4401 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4403 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4406 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4408 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4409 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4410 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4411 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4412 int shlib_event
= 0;
4416 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4417 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4418 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4420 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4422 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4423 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4424 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4427 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4429 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4430 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4433 else if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4436 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4443 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4449 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4451 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4454 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4457 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4458 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4459 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4463 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4465 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4469 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4470 This requires no further action. */
4475 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4476 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4478 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4479 case bp_exception_resume
:
4480 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4481 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4483 case bp_step_resume
:
4485 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4488 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4489 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4492 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4493 case bp_thread_event
:
4494 case bp_overlay_event
:
4495 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4496 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4497 case bp_exception_master
:
4498 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4504 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4506 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4510 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4511 This requires no further action. */
4514 case bp_shlib_event
:
4517 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4518 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4519 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4520 loaded objects (among other things). */
4521 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4522 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4524 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4528 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4531 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4532 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4533 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4534 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4536 case bp_std_terminate
:
4537 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4538 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4539 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4540 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4543 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4544 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4545 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4546 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4548 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4549 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4551 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4552 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4553 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4556 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4557 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4558 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4561 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4562 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4565 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4568 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4569 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4574 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4576 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4577 to be adding them automatically. */
4579 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4580 breakpoint_re_set. */
4581 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4584 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4586 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4589 target_terminal_inferior ();
4595 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4597 handle_jit_event ();
4600 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4602 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4608 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4609 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4611 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4612 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4620 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4621 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4622 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4625 bpstat_should_step (void)
4627 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4630 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4636 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4638 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4647 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4648 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4649 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4652 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4654 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4655 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4659 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4661 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4663 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4664 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4665 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4670 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4676 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4679 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4680 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4682 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4684 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4688 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4690 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4691 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4692 else if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4695 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4698 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4699 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4700 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4701 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4702 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4703 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4705 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4706 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4708 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4710 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4711 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4717 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4721 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4722 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4724 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4726 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4728 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4731 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4733 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4737 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4739 struct ep_type_description
4744 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4746 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4747 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4748 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4749 {bp_until
, "until"},
4750 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4751 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4752 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4753 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4754 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4755 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4756 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4757 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4758 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4759 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4760 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4761 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4762 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4763 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4764 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4765 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4766 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4767 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4768 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4769 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4770 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4771 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4772 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4773 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4774 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4775 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4778 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4779 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4780 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4781 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4784 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4787 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4790 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4791 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4793 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4796 struct command_line
*l
;
4797 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4799 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4800 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4801 struct value_print_options opts
;
4803 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4805 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4806 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4807 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4810 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4811 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4819 if (part_of_multiple
)
4822 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4823 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4828 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4833 if (part_of_multiple
)
4834 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4836 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4840 if (part_of_multiple
)
4841 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4843 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4848 if (part_of_multiple
)
4849 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4851 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4852 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4853 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4857 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4859 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4860 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4861 make sure there's just one location. */
4862 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4863 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4869 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4870 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4874 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4875 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4876 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4877 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4878 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4879 is relatively readable). */
4880 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4881 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4883 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4887 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4891 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4893 case bp_exception_resume
:
4894 case bp_step_resume
:
4895 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4897 case bp_std_terminate
:
4898 case bp_shlib_event
:
4899 case bp_thread_event
:
4900 case bp_overlay_event
:
4901 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4902 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4903 case bp_exception_master
:
4905 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4906 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4908 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4909 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4910 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4913 if (header_of_multiple
)
4914 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4915 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4916 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4918 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4919 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4922 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4923 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4930 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4933 && !header_of_multiple
4935 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4936 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4937 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4938 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4939 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4940 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4942 struct inferior
*inf
;
4945 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4947 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4952 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4955 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4956 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4961 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4963 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4965 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4966 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4967 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4968 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4970 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4972 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4973 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4977 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4979 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->print_one_detail
)
4980 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4982 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->static_trace_marker_id
)
4984 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
4986 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
4987 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
4988 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
4989 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4992 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4995 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4996 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4998 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4999 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5000 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5003 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
5005 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5006 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5007 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5009 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5010 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5012 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5013 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5014 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5017 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5019 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5020 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
5021 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5025 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
5027 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5028 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
5029 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
5031 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
5032 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
5033 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5034 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
5035 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
5037 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
5040 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5041 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5042 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5043 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
5044 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5046 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
5049 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
5050 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
5051 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5054 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
5055 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
5057 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
5060 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
5061 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
5062 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
5065 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
5067 annotate_field (10);
5068 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
5069 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
5070 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5073 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5076 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5077 else if (b
->exp_string
)
5078 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
5083 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5084 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5087 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5089 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5091 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5092 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5094 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5095 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5096 locations, if any. */
5097 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5099 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5100 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5101 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5104 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5105 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5107 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5108 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5110 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5113 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5115 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5116 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5117 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5118 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5125 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5127 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5128 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5130 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5134 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5135 an address to print. */
5136 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5139 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5140 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5141 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5144 return print_address_bits
;
5147 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5153 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5155 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5156 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5157 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5161 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5163 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5171 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5172 char **error_message
)
5174 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5177 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5179 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5180 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5186 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5187 internal or momentary. */
5190 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5192 return b
->number
> 0;
5195 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5196 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5197 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5198 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5199 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5200 breakpoints listed. */
5203 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5204 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5206 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5207 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5208 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5209 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5210 struct value_print_options opts
;
5211 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5212 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5214 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5216 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5217 required for address fields. */
5218 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5221 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5222 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5225 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5226 accept. Skip the others. */
5227 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5229 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5231 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5235 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5237 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5239 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5240 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5241 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5243 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5244 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5245 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5247 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5251 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5253 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5254 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5258 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5259 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5262 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5263 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5264 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5266 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5267 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5269 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5270 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5271 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5273 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5274 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5276 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5277 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5279 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5281 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5283 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5285 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5286 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5288 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5290 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5291 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5293 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5298 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5299 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5302 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5303 accept. Skip the others. */
5305 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5307 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5309 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5312 else /* all others */
5314 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5318 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5320 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5321 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5324 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5326 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5328 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5332 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5333 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5335 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5336 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5342 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5343 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5346 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5347 there have been breakpoints? */
5348 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5350 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5353 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5354 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5357 default_collect_info (void)
5359 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5360 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5362 if (!*default_collect
)
5365 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5367 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5368 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5369 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5373 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5375 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5377 default_collect_info ();
5381 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5383 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5385 if (num_printed
== 0)
5387 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5388 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5390 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5395 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5397 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5399 default_collect_info ();
5403 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5404 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5405 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5407 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5409 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5411 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5412 && bl
->address
== pc
5413 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5419 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5420 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5424 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5425 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5426 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5429 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5432 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5436 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5437 else /* if (others == ???) */
5438 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5440 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5443 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5444 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5445 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5446 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5447 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5448 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5449 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5450 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5451 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5453 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5457 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5459 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5460 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5461 printf_filtered (".\n");
5465 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5466 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5469 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5470 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5473 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5474 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5475 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5476 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5477 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5480 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5481 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5482 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5483 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5485 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5486 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5487 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5488 breakpoint at address zero:
5496 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5498 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5500 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5503 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5504 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5507 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5508 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5510 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5511 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5512 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5514 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5515 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5516 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5517 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5518 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5519 other watchpoint. */
5520 if ((loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
5521 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5523 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5524 loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
))
5525 || (loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
5526 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5528 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5529 loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
)))
5532 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5533 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5534 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5535 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5536 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5537 become hw_access locations later. */
5538 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5539 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5540 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5541 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5544 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5545 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5546 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5547 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5550 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5551 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5553 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5554 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5558 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5559 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5560 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5561 space doesn't really matter. */
5564 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5565 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5568 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5569 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5570 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5573 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5574 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5575 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5576 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5579 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5580 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5583 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5586 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5587 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5591 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5592 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5593 represent the same location. */
5596 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5597 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5599 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5601 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5602 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5603 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5605 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5606 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5608 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5611 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5613 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5614 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5615 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5616 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5620 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5621 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5623 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5624 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5628 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5629 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5631 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5632 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5634 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5637 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5638 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5639 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5640 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5643 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5644 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5646 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5648 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5651 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5652 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5653 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5654 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5655 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5657 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5658 have their addresses modified. */
5663 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5665 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5666 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5667 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5669 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5670 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5672 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5673 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5675 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5679 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5681 static struct bp_location
*
5682 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5684 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5686 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5687 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5691 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5700 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5702 case bp_exception_resume
:
5703 case bp_step_resume
:
5704 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5706 case bp_std_terminate
:
5707 case bp_shlib_event
:
5708 case bp_thread_event
:
5709 case bp_overlay_event
:
5711 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5712 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5713 case bp_exception_master
:
5714 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5715 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5716 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5718 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5719 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5721 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5722 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5723 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5724 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5729 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5730 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5731 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5734 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5742 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5747 if (loc
->function_name
)
5748 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5753 /* Increment reference count. */
5756 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5761 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5762 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5765 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5767 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5769 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5770 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5774 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint that has
5775 type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5776 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5779 static struct breakpoint
*
5780 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5783 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
5785 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
5786 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5789 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5790 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5791 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5793 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5796 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5798 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5799 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5800 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5801 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5803 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5804 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5805 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5807 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5808 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5810 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5812 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5822 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5823 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5827 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5829 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5831 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5832 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5833 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5837 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5838 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5840 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5842 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5844 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5845 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5846 &loc
->requested_address
))
5848 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5849 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5850 loc
->requested_address
,
5853 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5854 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5856 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5857 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5858 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5862 if (loc
->function_name
)
5863 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5867 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5868 static struct gdbarch
*
5869 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5872 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5874 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5879 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5880 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5881 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5882 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5883 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5884 is also returned as the value of this function.
5886 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5887 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5888 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5889 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5890 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5891 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5892 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5895 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5896 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5898 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
,
5900 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5901 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5903 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5905 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5907 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5908 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5910 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5911 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5912 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5913 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5914 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5915 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5916 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
5919 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5920 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5921 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5922 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5923 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5925 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5926 breakpoint resetting. */
5927 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5929 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5930 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5932 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5933 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5934 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5936 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
,
5937 sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.explicit_line
);
5939 breakpoints_changed ();
5945 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5946 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5948 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5950 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5952 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5954 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5955 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5956 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5957 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5958 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
5959 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5963 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5964 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5965 initiated the operation. */
5968 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
5970 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5971 int thread
= tp
->num
;
5973 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5974 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5975 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5976 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5978 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5979 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
5980 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
5982 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5984 clone
->type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
5985 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5988 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
5991 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5993 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5995 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5998 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6000 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6001 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6006 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6008 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6011 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6013 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6014 update_global_location_list (1);
6015 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
6020 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6025 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6027 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
6028 update_global_location_list (0);
6029 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
6033 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6034 master breakpoint. */
6036 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6038 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6041 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6042 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6044 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6045 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
6049 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6051 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6053 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6056 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6057 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6061 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6063 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6065 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
6067 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6068 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6070 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6072 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6078 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6080 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6083 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6084 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6085 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6088 struct lang_and_radix
6094 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6097 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6099 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6101 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
6102 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6106 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6109 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6111 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6113 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6114 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6115 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6116 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6120 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6122 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6124 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6125 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6126 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6127 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6131 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6133 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6135 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
6136 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6140 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6141 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6144 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6146 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6148 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6150 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6151 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6153 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6154 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6155 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6156 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6157 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6158 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6159 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6160 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6161 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6162 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6163 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6165 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6167 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6171 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6176 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6177 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6181 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6183 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6184 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6186 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6187 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6188 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6189 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6190 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6191 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6194 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6196 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6197 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6199 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6200 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
6201 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6202 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6203 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6204 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6205 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6206 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6208 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6209 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6210 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6211 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6214 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6215 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6217 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6219 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6220 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6221 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6224 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6229 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6231 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6235 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6237 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6240 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6244 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6246 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6249 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6253 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6254 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6256 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6259 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6262 static enum print_stop_action
6263 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6265 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6266 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6267 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6268 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6271 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6275 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6277 struct value_print_options opts
;
6279 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6281 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6282 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6284 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6285 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6287 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6288 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6290 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6291 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6292 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6293 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6297 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6301 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6303 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6306 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6310 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6317 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
6321 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
6322 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6323 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6324 print_it_catch_fork
,
6325 print_one_catch_fork
,
6326 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6327 print_mention_catch_fork
,
6328 print_recreate_catch_fork
6331 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6335 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6337 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6340 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6344 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6346 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6349 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6353 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6354 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6356 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6359 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6362 static enum print_stop_action
6363 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6365 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6366 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6367 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6368 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6371 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6375 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6377 struct value_print_options opts
;
6379 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6380 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6381 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6383 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6384 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6386 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6387 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6389 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6390 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6391 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6392 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6396 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6400 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6402 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6405 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6409 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6411 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6414 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6416 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
6420 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
6421 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6422 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6423 print_it_catch_vfork
,
6424 print_one_catch_vfork
,
6425 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6426 print_mention_catch_vfork
,
6427 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6430 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6434 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6436 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6438 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6439 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6440 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6446 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6451 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6453 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6454 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6455 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6457 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6458 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6460 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6461 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6463 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6464 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6468 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6469 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6470 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6471 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6472 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6475 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6479 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6481 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6483 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6484 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6485 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6491 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6495 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6496 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6498 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6499 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6503 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6504 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6505 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6506 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6508 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6511 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6515 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6516 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6518 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6519 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6520 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6521 int syscall_number
= 0;
6522 const struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
6524 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6527 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6528 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6533 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6535 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6545 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6548 static enum print_stop_action
6549 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6551 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6552 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6553 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6554 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6556 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6558 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6561 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6563 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6565 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6568 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6570 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6572 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6574 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6575 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6576 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6577 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6578 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6579 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6581 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6583 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6586 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6590 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6591 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6593 struct value_print_options opts
;
6595 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6596 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6597 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6599 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6600 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6603 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6604 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6605 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6607 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6609 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6612 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6615 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6620 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6623 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6625 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6627 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6628 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6632 /* Remove the last comma. */
6633 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6634 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6637 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6638 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6641 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6645 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6647 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6651 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6652 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6654 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6657 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6661 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6664 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6666 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6668 printf_filtered (")");
6671 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6675 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6679 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6681 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6683 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6688 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6693 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6697 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6702 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6704 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6706 insert_catch_syscall
,
6707 remove_catch_syscall
,
6708 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6709 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6710 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6711 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6712 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6713 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6714 print_mention_catch_syscall
,
6715 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6718 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6721 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6723 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6726 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6727 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6728 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6729 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6731 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6732 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6733 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6734 to the catchpoint. */
6736 static struct breakpoint
*
6737 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6739 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6741 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6742 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6745 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6747 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6748 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6749 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6751 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6753 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6754 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6755 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6761 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6763 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6764 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6765 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6766 to the catchpoint. */
6768 static struct breakpoint
*
6769 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6770 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6772 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6773 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6776 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6777 update_global_location_list (1);
6783 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6784 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6785 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6787 struct breakpoint
*b
6788 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6790 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6792 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6795 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6798 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6800 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6804 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6806 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6810 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6811 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6813 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->exec_pathname
);
6816 static enum print_stop_action
6817 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6819 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6820 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6822 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6826 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6828 struct value_print_options opts
;
6830 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6832 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6833 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6834 is relatively readable). */
6835 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6836 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6838 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6839 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6841 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6842 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
6843 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6848 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6850 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6853 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6857 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6862 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
6866 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
6867 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6868 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6869 print_it_catch_exec
,
6870 print_one_catch_exec
,
6871 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6872 print_mention_catch_exec
,
6873 print_recreate_catch_exec
6877 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6878 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6880 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6881 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6882 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6884 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6886 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6889 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6890 update_global_location_list (1);
6894 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6897 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6898 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6902 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6903 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6905 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6907 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
6908 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6918 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
6921 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6922 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6924 *other_type_used
= 0;
6927 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6930 if (b
->type
== type
)
6931 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6933 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6935 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
6936 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6940 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
6941 *other_type_used
= 1;
6948 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6950 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6954 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6956 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
6957 update_global_location_list (0);
6963 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6965 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6969 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6971 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6972 update_global_location_list (1);
6978 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6980 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6985 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6988 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6989 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6990 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6992 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6998 update_global_location_list (0);
7000 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7004 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7006 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7009 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7013 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7016 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7017 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7018 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
7020 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7026 breakpoint_re_set ();
7030 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7031 at address specified by SAL.
7032 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7035 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7036 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7038 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7040 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7042 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7044 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7045 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7046 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7047 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7049 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7050 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7052 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7053 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7055 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7060 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7064 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7066 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7068 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7072 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
7073 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7074 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7076 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7077 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7078 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7079 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7080 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7082 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
7083 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
7085 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
7087 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
7088 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7089 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7090 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7092 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7093 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7094 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7096 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7101 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7104 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7106 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7108 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7109 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7111 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7115 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7118 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7121 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
7122 struct value_print_options opts
;
7124 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7126 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
7127 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7132 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
7137 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7138 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7139 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7140 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7141 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7143 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7144 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7145 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7146 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7147 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7148 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7149 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7151 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7152 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7153 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
7154 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7155 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7156 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7157 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7159 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7160 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7161 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
7162 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7163 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7164 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7165 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7168 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7169 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7174 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7175 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7177 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7178 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7179 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
7180 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7183 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7184 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7189 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
7193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7198 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7199 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7202 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7203 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7208 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7209 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7212 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7213 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7218 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7219 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7226 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7228 case bp_exception_resume
:
7229 case bp_step_resume
:
7231 case bp_std_terminate
:
7232 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7233 case bp_shlib_event
:
7234 case bp_thread_event
:
7235 case bp_overlay_event
:
7237 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7238 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7239 case bp_exception_master
:
7240 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7246 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7250 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
7254 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
7256 printf_filtered (" at ");
7257 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
7261 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7262 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
7266 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
7268 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7270 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
7275 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7277 printf_filtered ("\n");
7281 static struct bp_location
*
7282 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7283 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7285 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7287 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7288 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7291 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7293 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7294 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7295 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7296 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
7297 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7298 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7299 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7301 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7302 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7307 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7308 return 0 otherwise. */
7311 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7315 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
7316 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7317 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7320 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7322 addr
= loc
->address
;
7323 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7325 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7329 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7331 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7332 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7333 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7334 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7336 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7337 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7339 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7340 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
7343 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7350 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7351 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7352 as condition expression. */
7355 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7356 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7358 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7359 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7360 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7361 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7363 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
7366 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7368 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7369 int target_resources_ok
=
7370 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7372 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7373 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7374 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7375 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7378 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7380 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7382 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7383 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7387 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7389 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7391 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7392 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7397 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7398 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7402 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7403 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7404 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7405 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7406 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
7408 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7410 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7412 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string
))
7414 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7415 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7416 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7421 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7423 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7425 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7426 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7428 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7430 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7432 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7434 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7435 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7437 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7439 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7442 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7443 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7446 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7447 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7448 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7449 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7455 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7458 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7459 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7463 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7464 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7466 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7470 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7472 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7474 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7477 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7480 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7481 notify observers. */
7484 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
7487 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7488 elements to fill the void space. */
7490 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
7492 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
7493 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
7495 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
7496 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
7501 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7502 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7503 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7504 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7505 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7506 single expanded sal, return the original.
7508 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7509 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7510 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7511 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7512 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7514 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7515 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7517 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7518 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
7519 char *original_function
= NULL
;
7522 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7524 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7525 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7526 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
7529 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7530 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7536 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7538 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
7540 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
7542 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7543 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
7545 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
7547 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7548 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7549 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7551 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7552 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7553 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7554 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
7555 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7559 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
7561 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
7562 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7564 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
7565 char *this_function
;
7567 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7569 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
7571 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
7572 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
7575 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
7577 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
7584 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7585 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7586 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
7588 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7590 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
7592 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7593 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7596 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7598 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7599 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7600 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7607 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7608 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7619 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7620 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7621 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7622 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7623 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7624 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7625 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7626 we take just a single condition string.
7628 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7629 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7630 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7631 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7632 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7635 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7636 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
7637 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7639 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7640 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7641 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7642 int enabled
, int internal
)
7646 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7648 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7649 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7651 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
->canonical
[i
],
7652 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7653 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7654 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7655 canonical
->special_display
);
7659 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7660 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7661 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7662 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7664 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7665 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7668 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7669 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7670 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7672 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7674 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7676 if ((*address
) == NULL
7677 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7679 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7681 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7683 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7684 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7685 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7686 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7687 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7688 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7689 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7690 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7692 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7693 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7694 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7695 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7696 with the same symtab and line. */
7697 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7699 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7703 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7707 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7708 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7709 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7710 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7712 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7713 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7715 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7717 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7719 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7720 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7721 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7722 default_breakpoint_line
, canonical
);
7724 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7727 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7728 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && canonical
->canonical
== NULL
)
7729 canonical
->canonical
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7730 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7734 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7736 /* Add the string if not present. */
7737 if (canonical
->canonical
[i
] == NULL
)
7738 canonical
->canonical
[i
] = savestring (addr_start
,
7739 (*address
) - addr_start
);
7745 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7746 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7749 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7753 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7754 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7757 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7758 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7759 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7760 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7761 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7765 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7766 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7769 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7771 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7773 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7775 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7777 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7779 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7782 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7783 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7785 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7789 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7790 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7791 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7792 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7793 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7794 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7796 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7797 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7799 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7805 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7806 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7808 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7810 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7812 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7814 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7816 struct expression
*expr
;
7818 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7819 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7822 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7823 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7825 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7831 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7833 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7834 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7835 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7837 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7843 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7845 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7846 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7847 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7850 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7854 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7856 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7857 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7859 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7860 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7861 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7863 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7864 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
7869 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7871 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7873 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7874 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
7876 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
7877 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
7878 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
7880 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
7881 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
7883 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7885 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
7887 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
7889 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
7891 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
7892 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
7894 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
7897 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7903 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7904 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7905 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7906 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7907 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7908 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7909 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7910 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7911 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7915 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7916 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7917 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7918 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
7920 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7921 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7922 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
7924 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
7925 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7926 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
7928 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7929 struct linespec_result canonical
;
7930 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7931 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7935 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7939 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7941 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (arg
))
7945 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
7947 copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, arg
- addr_start
);
7948 canonical
.canonical
= xcalloc (sals
.nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7949 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7950 canonical
.canonical
[i
] = xstrdup (copy_arg
);
7954 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
7956 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals
, &canonical
);
7959 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7963 throw_exception (e
);
7967 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7969 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7972 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7973 throw_exception (e
);
7975 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7977 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7978 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7979 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7980 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7981 "future shared library load? ")))
7984 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7985 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7986 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7987 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7988 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
7989 canonical
.canonical
= ©_arg
;
7991 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
7996 throw_exception (e
);
8006 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8007 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8011 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8012 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8014 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8015 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
);
8018 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8019 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8020 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8021 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8022 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8024 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8025 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8026 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8028 if (canonical
.canonical
[i
] != NULL
)
8029 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
[i
]);
8032 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8033 are ok for the target. */
8035 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
);
8037 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8038 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8039 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
8041 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8042 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8046 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
8048 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8049 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8050 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8051 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8054 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
8057 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8061 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8064 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
8065 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8069 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8070 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8071 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8072 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8073 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8074 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8075 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
8076 && is_marker_spec (canonical
.canonical
[0]))
8080 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8082 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
8083 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
8084 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8087 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8088 expanded
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[i
];
8089 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expanded
.sals
);
8091 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
.canonical
[i
],
8092 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
8093 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8094 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8095 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
8096 canonical
.special_display
);
8098 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8100 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8102 tp
= get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number
);
8104 tp
= get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count
);
8105 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
8107 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8108 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8109 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8110 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8111 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8112 corresponds to this one */
8113 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
8117 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, &canonical
, cond_string
,
8119 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8120 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
8125 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8127 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
8129 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
8130 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8132 b
->addr_string
= canonical
.canonical
[0];
8133 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
8134 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8135 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8136 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
8138 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8139 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8140 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
8142 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
8143 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
8144 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
8145 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
8148 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8149 but do notify observers. */
8151 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8156 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8157 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8158 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8161 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8163 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
8164 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8165 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8167 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8168 update_global_location_list (1);
8173 /* Set a breakpoint.
8174 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8175 condition, and thread.
8176 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8177 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8181 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
8183 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
8184 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8185 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8188 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8190 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8191 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
8192 0 /* Ignore count */,
8193 pending_break_support
,
8194 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
8201 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8204 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8208 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8210 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
8211 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8212 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8215 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8216 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8217 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
8218 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
8221 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8223 struct blockvector
*bv
;
8227 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
8230 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
8233 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
8234 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
8238 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8239 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8240 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8241 happen in assembly source). */
8243 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8244 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8246 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8248 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8250 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8252 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8259 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8261 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8265 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8267 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8271 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8273 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8277 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8279 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8283 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8285 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8286 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8287 stop at <line>\n"));
8291 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8295 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8297 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8302 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8303 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8304 function/method name. */
8305 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8307 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8312 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8314 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8318 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8320 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8324 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8328 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8335 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8336 it is probably a line number. */
8337 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8339 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8344 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8346 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8350 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8352 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8355 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8356 ranged breakpoints. */
8359 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8360 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8363 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8364 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8367 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8368 ranged breakpoints. */
8371 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8373 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8376 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8377 ranged breakpoints. */
8379 static enum print_stop_action
8380 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8382 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8384 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8386 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8387 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8389 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8390 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8391 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8393 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8394 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8396 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8397 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8398 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8400 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8401 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8403 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8406 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8407 ranged breakpoints. */
8410 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8411 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8413 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8414 struct value_print_options opts
;
8416 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8417 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8419 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8421 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8422 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8423 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8424 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8426 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8430 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8431 ranged breakpoints. */
8434 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8435 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8437 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8438 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8439 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8440 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8444 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8445 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8448 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8449 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8450 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8451 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8452 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8454 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8457 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8458 ranged breakpoints. */
8461 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8463 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8466 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8471 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8472 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8473 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8476 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8477 ranged breakpoints. */
8480 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8482 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8483 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8486 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8488 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
=
8492 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
,
8493 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
,
8494 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
8495 print_it_ranged_breakpoint
,
8496 print_one_ranged_breakpoint
,
8497 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
,
8498 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
,
8499 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8502 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8503 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8504 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8505 last instruction of the given line. */
8508 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8512 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8513 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8514 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8521 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8523 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8525 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8532 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8535 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8537 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8538 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8539 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8542 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8543 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start
, sals_end
;
8544 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8546 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8547 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8548 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8550 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8551 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8552 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8555 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8557 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8558 error(_("No address range specified."));
8560 sals_start
.sals
= NULL
;
8561 sals_start
.nelts
= 0;
8562 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8564 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8567 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals_start
, &canonical_start
);
8569 sal_start
= sals_start
.sals
[0];
8570 addr_string_start
= canonical_start
.canonical
[0];
8571 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8572 xfree (sals_start
.sals
);
8573 xfree (canonical_start
.canonical
);
8576 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8577 else if (sals_start
.nelts
== 0)
8578 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8579 else if (sals_start
.nelts
!= 1)
8580 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8582 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start
);
8584 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8585 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8588 /* Parse the end location. */
8590 sals_end
.sals
= NULL
;
8592 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8595 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8596 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8597 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8598 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8599 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8600 sals_end
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8603 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8604 if (canonical_end
.canonical
== NULL
)
8605 canonical_end
.canonical
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8606 /* Add the string if not present. */
8607 if (arg_start
!= arg
&& canonical_end
.canonical
[0] == NULL
)
8608 canonical_end
.canonical
[0] = savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8610 sal_end
= sals_end
.sals
[0];
8611 addr_string_end
= canonical_end
.canonical
[0];
8612 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8613 xfree (sals_end
.sals
);
8614 xfree (canonical_end
.canonical
);
8616 if (sals_end
.nelts
== 0)
8617 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8618 else if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 1)
8619 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8621 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end
);
8623 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8624 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8625 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8627 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8629 /* Length overflowed. */
8630 error (_("Address range too large."));
8631 else if (length
== 1)
8633 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8634 the `hbreak' command. */
8635 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8637 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8642 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8643 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8644 bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8645 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8646 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8647 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8648 b
->addr_string
= addr_string_start
;
8649 b
->addr_string_range_end
= addr_string_end
;
8650 b
->ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8651 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8653 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8656 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8657 update_global_location_list (1);
8660 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8661 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8662 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8665 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8673 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8674 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8677 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8687 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8688 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8689 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8690 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8691 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8693 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8709 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8721 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8724 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8725 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8728 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8729 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8730 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8731 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8733 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8734 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8739 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8741 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8742 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8743 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8744 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8746 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8747 are always constant. */
8749 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8751 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8752 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8753 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8758 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8759 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8760 then it is not a constant. */
8769 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8772 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8774 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8776 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8777 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8780 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8783 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8785 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8787 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8788 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8791 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8792 hardware watchpoints. */
8795 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8797 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8799 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8802 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8803 hardware watchpoints. */
8806 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8808 return b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8811 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8813 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
8817 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8818 resources_needed_watchpoint
,
8819 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
,
8820 NULL
, /* print_it */
8821 NULL
, /* print_one */
8822 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
8823 NULL
, /* print_mention */
8824 NULL
/* print_recreate */
8827 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8828 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8831 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8833 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8834 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8837 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8838 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8841 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8843 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8844 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8847 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8848 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8851 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8853 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
,
8854 bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
);
8857 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8858 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8861 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8866 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8867 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8869 static enum print_stop_action
8870 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8872 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8873 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8877 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8878 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8879 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8882 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8885 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8886 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8889 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8892 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8893 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8896 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8899 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8900 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8904 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
8905 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8906 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8907 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8909 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8910 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8913 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8914 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8917 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8918 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8920 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8921 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8923 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
8924 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
8925 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8928 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8929 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8932 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8934 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8938 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8940 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8942 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8944 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8946 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8947 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8948 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8951 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8952 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8955 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8956 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8957 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
8958 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8961 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8962 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8965 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8971 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8972 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8974 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8975 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8977 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8981 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8982 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8985 sprintf_vma (tmp
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
8986 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", b
->exp_string
, tmp
);
8989 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
8991 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
8993 insert_masked_watchpoint
,
8994 remove_masked_watchpoint
,
8995 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8996 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
,
8997 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
,
8998 print_it_masked_watchpoint
,
8999 NULL
, /* print_one */
9000 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
,
9001 print_mention_masked_watchpoint
,
9002 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9005 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9008 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9010 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9013 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9014 hw_read: watch read,
9015 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9017 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
9018 int just_location
, int internal
)
9020 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9021 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9022 struct expression
*exp
;
9023 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9024 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
9025 struct frame_info
*frame
;
9026 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9027 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9028 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9030 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9031 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9032 enum bptype bp_type
;
9035 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9036 the hardware watchpoint. */
9040 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9041 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9045 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9046 of the arguments string. */
9047 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9049 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9050 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9053 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9054 This is the value of the parameter. */
9055 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9057 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9059 /* Skip whitespace. */
9060 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9065 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9066 This is the parameter itself. */
9067 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9070 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9072 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9074 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9075 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9076 only in a specific thread. */
9080 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9082 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9083 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9085 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9087 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9088 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9090 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9091 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9092 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9094 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9096 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9097 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9099 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9102 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9104 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9106 mark
= value_mark ();
9107 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9108 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9109 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9112 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9115 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9116 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9121 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9122 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9124 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9126 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9127 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9129 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9132 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9133 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9137 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9138 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9140 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9143 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9144 mark
= value_mark ();
9145 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9151 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9152 val
= value_addr (result
);
9153 release_value (val
);
9154 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9158 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9161 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9163 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9166 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9167 release_value (val
);
9169 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9170 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9172 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9173 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9175 struct expression
*cond
;
9177 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9178 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9179 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9181 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9182 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9183 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9189 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9191 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9192 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9193 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9194 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9196 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9198 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9200 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9201 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9202 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9203 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9204 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9206 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9209 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9210 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9211 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
9213 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9215 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9216 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9218 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9219 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9221 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9222 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9223 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9224 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9225 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9226 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9227 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9228 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9229 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9233 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9234 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
9236 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9238 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9239 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9242 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9243 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9246 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9247 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9249 b
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9250 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9253 b
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9254 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9256 /* The above expression is in C. */
9257 b
->language
= language_c
;
9260 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9264 b
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9265 b
->ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9271 b
->ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9275 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9281 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9282 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9286 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9287 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9290 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9292 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9293 need to act on them together. */
9294 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9295 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9299 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9301 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9303 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9304 that should be inserted. */
9305 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
9309 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9310 throw_exception (e
);
9313 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
9315 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9316 notify observers. */
9319 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9321 update_global_location_list (1);
9324 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9325 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9328 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9330 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9331 struct value
*head
= v
;
9333 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9334 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9337 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9338 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9339 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9340 hardware watchpoint.
9342 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9343 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9344 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9345 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9346 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9347 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9348 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9349 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9350 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9352 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9353 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9354 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9355 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9356 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9358 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9360 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9361 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9362 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9363 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9364 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9365 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9369 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9370 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9371 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9373 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9374 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9375 middle of some value chain. */
9377 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9378 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9380 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9384 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9385 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9386 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9388 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9392 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9396 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9397 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9398 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9399 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9400 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9403 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9404 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9405 return found_memory_cnt
;
9409 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9411 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9414 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9415 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9416 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9417 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9420 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9422 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9423 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9431 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9432 calls watch_command_1. */
9435 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9437 int just_location
= 0;
9440 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9441 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9443 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9447 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9451 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9453 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9457 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9459 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9463 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9465 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9469 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9471 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9475 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9477 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9481 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9482 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9484 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9486 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9487 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9491 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9492 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9493 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9496 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
9498 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9500 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9502 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9503 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9507 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9509 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9510 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9511 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9512 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9513 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9514 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9516 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9518 clear_proceed_status ();
9520 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9523 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9524 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9525 default_breakpoint_line
, NULL
);
9527 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
9529 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9530 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9533 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9536 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9538 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9541 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9542 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9543 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9544 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9546 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9547 only at the very same frame. */
9548 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9549 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9552 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9554 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9557 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9560 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9562 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9563 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9564 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9566 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9568 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9570 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9571 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9574 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9576 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9577 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9578 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9579 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9581 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9583 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9584 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9586 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9587 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9588 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9590 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9591 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9592 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9596 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9599 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9600 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9602 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9603 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9604 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9605 if clause in the arg string. */
9608 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9612 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9615 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9618 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9619 condition string. */
9620 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9623 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9625 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9630 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9631 process start/exit, etc. */
9635 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9636 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9641 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9642 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9644 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9645 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9646 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9649 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9650 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9651 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9655 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9657 /* The allowed syntax is:
9659 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9661 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9662 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9664 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9665 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9667 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9668 and enable reporting of such events. */
9671 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9672 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9673 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9674 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9676 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9677 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9678 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9679 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9682 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9688 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9689 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9691 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9693 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9695 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9699 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9701 /* The allowed syntax is:
9703 catch exec if <cond>
9705 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9706 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9708 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9709 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9711 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9712 and enable reporting of such events. */
9713 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9714 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9717 static enum print_stop_action
9718 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9720 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9722 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9724 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9725 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9726 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9729 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9731 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9733 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9734 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9736 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9737 : " (exception caught), ");
9738 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9740 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9741 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9742 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9743 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9745 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9749 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9750 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9752 struct value_print_options opts
;
9754 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9755 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9758 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9759 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9761 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9762 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9767 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9768 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9770 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9774 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9779 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9780 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9781 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9782 : _("Catchpoint "));
9783 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9784 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9788 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9789 catch catchpoints. */
9792 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9798 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9799 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9801 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9804 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
9807 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9808 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
9809 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
9810 print_it_exception_catchpoint
,
9811 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
9812 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
9813 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
,
9814 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9818 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9819 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9821 char *trigger_func_name
;
9823 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9824 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9826 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9828 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9829 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9830 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9831 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9833 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9834 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9841 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9844 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9845 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9847 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9851 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9853 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9855 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9856 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9858 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
9859 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9860 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9862 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
9865 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9868 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9871 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9873 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9875 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9878 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9881 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9883 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9885 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9888 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9891 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9892 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9896 struct expression
*cond
,
9897 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9901 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9905 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9907 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9909 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9910 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
9911 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9912 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9913 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9914 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9915 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9916 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9917 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9918 enough for now, though. */
9921 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
9922 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9924 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9925 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9926 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9927 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
9928 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
9929 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9930 b
->language
= language_ada
;
9931 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9932 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
9937 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9938 update_global_location_list (1);
9941 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
9944 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9945 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9947 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9949 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9950 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9951 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
9952 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9953 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
9954 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
9956 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9960 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
9961 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
9962 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
9963 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
9967 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
9969 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
9971 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
9972 VEC_free (int, iter
);
9975 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9976 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9978 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
9980 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
9981 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
9983 while (*arg
!= '\0')
9985 int i
, syscall_number
;
9990 /* Skip whitespace. */
9991 while (isspace (*arg
))
9994 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
9995 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
9999 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10000 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
10001 if (*endptr
== '\0')
10002 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
10005 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10007 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
10009 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
10010 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10011 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10012 syscall number to be caught. */
10013 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
10016 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10017 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
10020 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
10024 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10027 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10028 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10033 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10035 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10036 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
10037 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10038 this architecture yet."));
10040 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10042 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10044 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10045 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10046 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10047 for his/her architecture. */
10048 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
10050 /* The allowed syntax is:
10052 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10054 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10057 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
10061 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
10062 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
10065 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10068 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10069 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10071 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10073 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10074 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10075 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10077 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10081 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
10082 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
10083 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10087 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10089 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10094 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10096 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10099 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10102 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10104 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10105 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10108 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10109 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10114 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
10119 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10120 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10121 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10122 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10123 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
10124 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
10125 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
10126 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
10127 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10128 error (_("No source file specified."));
10130 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10136 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10137 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10138 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10139 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10141 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10142 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10143 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10144 due to optimization, all in one block.
10146 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10147 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10148 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10149 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10150 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10151 to support that. */
10153 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10154 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10155 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10159 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10161 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10162 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10163 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10166 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10171 1 0 <can't happen> */
10173 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10175 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10179 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10180 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10182 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10183 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10185 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
10186 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10187 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10188 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10189 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
10190 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
10191 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
10192 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10193 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10194 && filename_cmp (b
->source_file
,
10195 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
10196 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
10197 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10206 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10209 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10210 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10213 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10215 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10218 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10219 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10222 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10223 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10225 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10227 breakpoints_changed ();
10229 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10232 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10233 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10236 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10239 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10240 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10241 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10244 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10246 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10248 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10249 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10250 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10252 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10254 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10256 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10257 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10261 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10262 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10263 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10264 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10265 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10266 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10269 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10271 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10272 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10273 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10274 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10275 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10277 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10278 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10280 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10281 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10282 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10284 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10285 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10287 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10288 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10289 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10291 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10294 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10295 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10296 content of the bp_location array. */
10299 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10301 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10303 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10304 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10306 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10308 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10310 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10313 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10314 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10316 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10317 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10318 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10319 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10321 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10323 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10324 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10325 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10326 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10330 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10331 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10332 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10333 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10334 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10335 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10336 returns true on them.
10338 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10339 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10340 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10341 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10342 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10343 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10346 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10348 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10349 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10350 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10352 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10353 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10354 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10355 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10356 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10358 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10359 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10360 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10361 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10363 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10364 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10365 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10366 unsigned old_location_count
;
10368 old_location
= bp_location
;
10369 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10370 bp_location
= NULL
;
10371 bp_location_count
= 0;
10372 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10374 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10375 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10376 bp_location_count
++;
10378 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10379 locp
= bp_location
;
10380 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10381 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10383 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10384 bp_location_compare
);
10386 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10388 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10389 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10390 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10391 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10392 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10395 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10396 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10398 locp
= bp_location
;
10399 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10402 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10403 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10405 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10406 not, we have to free it. */
10407 int found_object
= 0;
10408 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10409 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10412 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10413 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10414 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10415 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10419 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10420 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10423 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10430 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10431 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10432 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10433 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10434 at certain location is not inserted. */
10436 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10438 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10441 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10443 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10444 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10445 keep_in_target
= 1;
10449 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10450 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10451 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10452 this one from the target. */
10454 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10455 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10458 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10459 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10462 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10464 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10466 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10467 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10469 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
10471 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10472 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10473 supported, but the latter are. */
10474 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10476 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10477 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10480 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10482 loc2
->inserted
= 1;
10483 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
10484 keep_in_target
= 1;
10492 if (!keep_in_target
)
10494 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10496 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10497 this location on the global list, and try to
10498 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10499 reason why we will succeed next time.
10501 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10502 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10503 only after calling us. */
10504 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10505 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10506 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10514 if (removed
&& non_stop
10515 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10516 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10518 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10519 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10520 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10521 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10522 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10523 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10524 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10525 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10526 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10527 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10528 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10529 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10530 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10531 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10534 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10535 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10537 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10538 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10539 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10540 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10541 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10542 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10543 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10544 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10545 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10546 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10547 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10548 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10549 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10552 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10553 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10554 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10555 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10557 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10558 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10559 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10560 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10561 traps we can no longer explain. */
10563 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10564 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10566 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10570 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10571 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10576 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10577 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10578 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10579 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10580 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10581 are sorted first for the same address.
10583 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10584 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10586 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10587 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10588 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10589 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10590 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10592 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10594 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
10595 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10597 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
10598 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
10599 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
10601 || loc
->shlib_disabled
10602 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10603 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10606 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10607 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10608 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10609 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10610 "actually inserted"));
10612 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10613 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10614 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10615 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10616 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10617 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10619 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10621 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10622 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10623 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10625 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10626 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10630 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10632 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10633 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10634 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10635 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10636 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10639 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10640 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10641 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10642 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10644 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10648 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10650 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10653 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10654 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10656 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10657 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10663 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10665 struct gdb_exception e
;
10667 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10668 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10671 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10674 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10678 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10679 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10681 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10682 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10683 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10687 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10689 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10691 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10693 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10697 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10701 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10703 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10705 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
10707 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10708 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10711 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10712 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10713 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10714 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10715 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10718 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10719 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10720 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10721 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10723 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
10726 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10727 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10728 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
10730 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10732 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10733 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
->related_breakpoint
);
10734 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10735 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
);
10737 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10738 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
10739 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
10740 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
10741 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
10744 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10745 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10746 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10747 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10749 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
10751 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
10752 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
10754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10755 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
10757 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
10761 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
10762 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
10763 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
10764 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
10765 xfree (bpt
->addr_string_range_end
);
10767 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
10768 xfree (bpt
->exp_string_reparse
);
10769 value_free (bpt
->val
);
10770 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
10771 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
10772 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
10775 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10777 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10778 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10779 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10780 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10781 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10782 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10783 commands won't work. */
10785 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
10787 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10788 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10789 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10790 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10791 might be better design to have location completely
10792 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10793 update_global_location_list (0);
10796 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10797 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10798 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
10804 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
10806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10810 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10812 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
10815 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10816 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10819 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10820 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
10824 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10829 struct breakpoint
*next
;
10831 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10832 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
10834 if (next
== related
)
10836 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10837 function (related
, data
);
10839 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10840 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10845 function (related
, data
);
10849 while (related
!= b
);
10853 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10855 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10858 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10859 delete_breakpoint. */
10862 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10864 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10868 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10870 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10876 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10878 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
10879 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
10880 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10881 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10882 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10884 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10888 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10890 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10892 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10893 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10894 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10898 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10902 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10904 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10905 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
10910 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10911 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10912 Null names are ignored. */
10915 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10917 struct bp_location
*l
;
10918 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
10919 (int (*) (const void *,
10920 const void *)) streq
,
10921 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
10923 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
10926 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
10928 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
10932 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
10934 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
10938 htab_delete (htab
);
10944 htab_delete (htab
);
10948 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
10949 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
10950 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
10951 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
10952 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
10953 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
10954 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
10955 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
10958 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
10959 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
10960 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
10961 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
10962 in the sources, and output a warning.
10964 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
10965 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
10966 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
10967 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
10968 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
10971 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
10972 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
10973 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
10974 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
10975 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
10976 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
10977 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
10978 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
10979 precisely because it confuses tools). */
10981 static struct symtab_and_line
10982 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10984 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
10990 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
10992 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
10994 if (strcmp (b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
10995 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
10997 b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
10999 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11000 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
11001 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
11006 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11008 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
11010 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11011 && b
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
11013 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
11016 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11018 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
11020 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11021 struct symbol
*sym
;
11022 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
11024 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
11026 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11027 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
->str_id
);
11029 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11030 "found at previous line number"),
11031 b
->number
, b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11035 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
11037 sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
11038 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (marker
->address
, NULL
);
11039 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11042 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11043 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11044 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11046 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11047 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11049 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11051 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
11054 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11057 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal
.line
);
11058 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11060 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
11062 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11064 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11066 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11068 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11069 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11070 sal
.symtab
->filename
, b
->line_number
);
11072 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11075 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
11081 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11082 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11085 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11089 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11092 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11095 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11102 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11108 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11109 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11110 a ranged breakpoint. */
11113 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11114 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11115 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11118 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11120 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11121 gdb_assert (sals_end
.nelts
== 0 || (sals
.nelts
== 1 && sals_end
.nelts
== 1));
11123 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11124 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11125 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11126 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11127 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11128 individual locations. */
11129 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11134 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11136 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
11137 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11139 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11141 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11144 struct gdb_exception e
;
11146 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11147 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11149 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11154 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11155 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11156 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11157 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11161 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
11162 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11163 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
11164 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11166 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
11168 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
11169 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
11171 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11173 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11175 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11179 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11180 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11181 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
11183 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11186 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
11187 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11188 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11189 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11190 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11191 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11192 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
11194 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11196 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
11198 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
11199 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
11201 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11202 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
11210 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11211 if (l
->function_name
11212 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
11222 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
11223 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11225 update_global_location_list (1);
11228 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11229 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11231 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11232 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
11236 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
11237 struct gdb_exception e
;
11240 marker_spec
= b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (s
);
11242 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11246 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
11247 if (sals
.nelts
> b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11249 sals
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11253 error (_("marker %s not found"), b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11256 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11260 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
11261 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11262 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11263 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11264 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11265 state, then user already saw the message about that
11266 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11268 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11269 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
11270 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11271 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
11272 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
11274 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
11276 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11277 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11278 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11279 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11280 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11281 which approach is better. */
11282 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11283 throw_exception (e
);
11287 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
11289 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
11291 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
11292 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
11294 char *cond_string
= 0;
11298 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
11299 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
11301 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
11302 b
->thread
= thread
;
11304 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
11307 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !marker_spec
)
11308 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
11318 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11319 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11320 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11323 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11326 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
11327 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
11328 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
11329 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11331 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
11332 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11333 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
11334 set_language (b
->language
);
11336 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
11339 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11340 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
11343 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
11345 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
11348 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
11349 expanded_end
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11353 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
11354 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11357 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11358 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11359 Unused in this case. */
11362 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
11364 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11365 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
11370 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11373 case bp_breakpoint
:
11374 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11375 case bp_tracepoint
:
11376 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11377 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11378 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11379 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11380 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
11383 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
11385 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11386 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11390 re_set_breakpoint (b
);
11393 case bp_watchpoint
:
11394 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11395 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11396 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11397 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11398 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11400 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11401 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11402 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11403 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11405 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11406 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11407 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11408 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11409 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11410 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11413 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11414 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11415 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11416 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11418 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11419 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11421 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11422 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11423 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
11425 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11426 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11428 case bp_catchpoint
:
11432 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
11434 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11435 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11436 case bp_overlay_event
:
11437 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11438 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11439 case bp_exception_master
:
11440 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11443 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11444 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11445 case bp_shlib_event
:
11447 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11448 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11449 case bp_thread_event
:
11451 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11452 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11453 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11454 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11455 rerun the executable. */
11458 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
11459 case bp_call_dummy
:
11460 case bp_std_terminate
:
11461 case bp_step_resume
:
11463 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
11465 case bp_exception_resume
:
11467 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
11474 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11476 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11478 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11479 enum language save_language
;
11480 int save_input_radix
;
11481 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11483 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
11484 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
11485 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
11487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11489 /* Format possible error msg. */
11490 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11492 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
11493 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
11494 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11496 set_language (save_language
);
11497 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
11499 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11501 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11503 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11504 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11505 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11506 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11509 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11511 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11512 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11514 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11516 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
11518 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
11519 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
11521 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11522 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11523 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11525 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11529 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11530 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11531 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11534 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
11536 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11542 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
11544 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
11546 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
11547 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11552 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
11556 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11557 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11559 else if (count
== 1)
11560 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11563 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11564 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11567 breakpoints_changed ();
11568 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11572 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
11575 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11578 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11584 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11586 num
= get_number (&p
);
11588 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
11590 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11592 set_ignore_count (num
,
11593 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
11596 printf_filtered ("\n");
11599 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11600 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11603 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11608 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
11610 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
11613 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11615 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
11617 while (!state
.finished
)
11619 char *p
= state
.string
;
11623 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
11626 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
11630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
11631 if (b
->number
== num
)
11634 function (b
, data
);
11638 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
11643 static struct bp_location
*
11644 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
11646 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
11650 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11651 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11656 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11658 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11660 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11661 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
11666 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
11667 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11670 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11672 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
11676 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
11679 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
11685 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11686 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11687 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11690 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11692 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11693 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11694 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11695 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11698 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11699 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11702 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11704 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11705 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11707 struct bp_location
*location
;
11709 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11710 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
11713 update_global_location_list (0);
11715 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11718 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11721 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11723 disable_breakpoint (b
);
11726 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11727 disable_breakpoint. */
11730 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11732 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11736 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11740 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11742 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11743 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11744 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11746 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11748 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11752 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11753 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11754 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11755 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
11757 update_global_location_list (0);
11760 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11764 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
11766 int target_resources_ok
;
11768 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11771 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11772 target_resources_ok
=
11773 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
11775 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
11776 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11777 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
11778 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11781 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
11783 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11784 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
11785 struct gdb_exception e
;
11787 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11789 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
11790 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11791 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
11795 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
11796 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11802 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
11803 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11805 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11806 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11808 struct bp_location
*location
;
11810 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11811 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
11814 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
11815 update_global_location_list (1);
11816 breakpoints_changed ();
11818 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11823 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11825 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
11829 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
11831 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11834 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11835 enable_breakpoint. */
11838 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11840 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11843 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11844 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11845 in stopping the inferior. */
11848 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11852 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11854 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11855 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11856 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11858 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11860 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11864 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11865 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11866 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11867 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
11869 update_global_location_list (1);
11872 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11876 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
11878 enum bpdisp disp
= *(enum bpdisp
*) arg
;
11880 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp
);
11884 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11886 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_disable
;
11888 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
11892 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11894 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11898 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11900 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_del
;
11902 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
11906 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11908 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11912 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11917 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11921 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11922 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
11926 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
11927 const bfd_byte
*data
)
11929 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
11931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
11932 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
11933 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
11934 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
11936 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11938 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11939 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
11940 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
11941 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
11943 value_free (bp
->val
);
11950 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
11952 struct symtabs_and_lines
11953 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
11955 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11958 error (_("Empty line specification."));
11959 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
11960 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
11961 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
11962 default_breakpoint_line
,
11965 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
11966 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11968 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
11972 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
11973 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
11974 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
11975 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
11979 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11980 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
11982 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
11984 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
11986 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
11987 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
11989 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
11991 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
11999 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12000 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12003 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
12005 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
12008 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
12014 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12017 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
12018 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
12020 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12023 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12024 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12029 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
12031 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
12032 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
12036 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
12037 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
12038 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12041 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12042 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12043 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12044 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12045 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12046 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12048 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12049 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12050 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12051 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12054 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12055 were inserted or not. */
12058 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12060 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12061 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12064 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12067 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12069 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12071 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12073 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12074 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12075 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12076 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12078 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12080 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12081 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12082 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12083 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12087 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12088 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12089 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12093 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12097 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12098 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12100 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12101 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12102 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12106 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12110 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12114 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12115 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12116 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12117 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12120 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12124 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12129 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12131 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12133 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12134 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12142 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12143 non-zero otherwise. */
12145 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12147 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12148 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12149 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12156 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12158 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12160 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12164 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12166 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12169 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12171 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12175 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12177 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12187 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12189 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12190 char *text
, char *word
)
12192 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12194 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12200 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12202 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12204 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
12206 tracepoint_count
= num
;
12207 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
12211 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12213 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12215 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12217 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12218 0 /* Ignore count */,
12219 pending_break_support
,
12224 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12228 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12230 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12232 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12234 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12235 0 /* Ignore count */,
12236 pending_break_support
,
12241 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12244 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12247 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12249 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12251 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12253 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12254 0 /* Ignore count */,
12255 pending_break_support
,
12260 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12263 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12264 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12266 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
12267 static int next_cmd
;
12270 read_uploaded_action (void)
12274 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
12281 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12282 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12283 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12284 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12285 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12287 struct breakpoint
*
12288 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
12290 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
12291 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12293 if (utp
->at_string
)
12294 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
12297 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12298 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12299 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12301 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12302 "source location, using raw address"),
12304 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
12305 addr_str
= small_buf
;
12308 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12309 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
12310 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12311 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12314 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12316 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12318 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
12319 0 /* Ignore count */,
12320 pending_break_support
,
12323 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
12327 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12329 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12330 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
12331 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
12335 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
12337 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
12340 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12341 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12342 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12344 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
12346 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
12351 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
12353 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
12355 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
12356 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
12357 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12358 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12364 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12368 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12372 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
12374 if (num_printed
== 0)
12376 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
12377 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12379 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
12382 default_collect_info ();
12385 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12386 Not supported by all targets. */
12388 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12390 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12393 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12394 Not supported by all targets. */
12396 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12398 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12401 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12403 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12405 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12411 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12413 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12414 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12415 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12417 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12418 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12420 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12424 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12426 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12429 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12430 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12434 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12437 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12440 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint
*bp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12442 bp
->pass_count
= count
;
12443 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp
->number
);
12445 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12446 bp
->number
, count
);
12449 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12451 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12452 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12453 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12456 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12458 struct breakpoint
*t1
;
12459 unsigned int count
;
12461 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
12462 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12463 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12465 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12467 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
12470 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
12472 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12474 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12476 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1
)
12478 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12481 else if (*args
== '\0')
12483 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
12485 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12489 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12491 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12492 while (!state
.finished
)
12494 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
12496 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12501 struct breakpoint
*
12502 get_tracepoint (int num
)
12504 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12506 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12507 if (t
->number
== num
)
12513 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12514 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12517 struct breakpoint
*
12518 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
12520 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12522 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12523 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
12529 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12530 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12531 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12532 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12533 struct breakpoint
*
12534 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
12535 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
12538 extern int tracepoint_count
;
12539 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12541 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
12545 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
12546 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
12548 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
12551 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
12553 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12556 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
12560 if (instring
&& *instring
)
12561 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12564 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12565 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12569 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12570 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
12575 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
12579 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12580 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12581 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12585 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
12586 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
12588 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12591 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
12592 struct ui_file
*fp
;
12593 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
12595 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
12596 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12598 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12599 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12601 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12602 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12605 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12606 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12611 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
12613 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
12615 /* We can stop searching. */
12622 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12626 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
12627 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
12628 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
12630 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12631 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
12632 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
12634 if (extra_trace_bits
)
12635 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
12637 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12639 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12640 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12643 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12644 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12647 if (tp
->ops
!= NULL
&& tp
->ops
->print_recreate
!= NULL
)
12648 (tp
->ops
->print_recreate
) (tp
, fp
);
12651 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12653 if (tp
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12654 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12655 else if (tp
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12656 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12657 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12658 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12659 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12660 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12661 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12662 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12663 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12664 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12665 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12666 else if (tp
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
12667 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12668 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12669 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12670 else if (tp
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12671 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
12672 else if (tp
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12673 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
12675 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12676 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12678 if (tp
->exp_string
)
12679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->exp_string
);
12680 else if (tp
->addr_string
)
12681 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12686 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
12687 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
12691 if (tp
->thread
!= -1)
12692 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", tp
->thread
);
12695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", tp
->task
);
12697 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
12699 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12700 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12703 if (tp
->cond_string
)
12704 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
12706 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
12707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
12709 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12710 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12714 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
12716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
12718 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
12719 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12721 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
12723 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
12726 throw_exception (ex
);
12728 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
12731 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
12732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
12734 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12735 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12736 special, and not user visible. */
12737 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
12739 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12742 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
12744 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
12748 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
12749 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
12751 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
12753 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
12756 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12759 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12761 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
12764 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12767 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12769 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
12772 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12774 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
12775 all_tracepoints (void)
12777 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
12778 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12780 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
12782 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
12789 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12790 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12791 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12793 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12794 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12795 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12796 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12797 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12798 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12799 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12800 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12802 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12803 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12805 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12806 conditions are different.\n\
12808 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12810 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12811 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
12813 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12814 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
12816 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12817 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12819 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
12820 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
12821 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
12822 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12823 char *text
, char *word
),
12824 void *user_data_catch
,
12825 void *user_data_tcatch
)
12827 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
12829 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12831 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12832 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
12833 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12835 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12837 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12838 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
12839 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12843 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
12845 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
12846 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
12847 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
12851 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12853 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12854 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12855 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
12858 struct breakpoint
*
12859 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
12862 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12866 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
12874 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12876 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
12878 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
12879 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
12880 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
12882 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
12884 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
12885 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12886 before a breakpoint is set. */
12887 breakpoint_count
= 0;
12889 tracepoint_count
= 0;
12891 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
12892 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12893 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12895 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12897 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
12898 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12899 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12900 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12901 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12902 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12903 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12904 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12906 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
12907 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12908 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12909 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12911 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
12912 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12913 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12914 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12915 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12917 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12918 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12920 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
12921 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12922 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12923 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12925 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
12926 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12928 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
12929 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12930 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12931 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
12933 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
12934 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12936 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12937 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12938 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12939 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12940 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12941 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
12942 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12944 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12945 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12946 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12947 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12948 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12949 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
12951 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12953 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12954 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12955 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12956 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12957 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
12958 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
12960 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
12961 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12962 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12965 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
12966 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12967 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12970 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
12971 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12972 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12975 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
12976 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12977 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12980 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
12981 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12982 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12983 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12984 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
12985 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12986 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12987 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12989 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
12990 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12991 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12992 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12993 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
12995 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
12996 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12997 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12998 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12999 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
13000 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13003 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13004 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13005 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13006 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13008 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13009 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13010 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13011 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13012 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13014 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13015 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13016 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13017 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13019 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
13020 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13021 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13022 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13023 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13026 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
13027 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13028 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13029 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13030 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13031 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13033 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13034 is executing in.\n\
13036 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13037 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13039 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
13040 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13041 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13042 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13044 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
13045 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
13046 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
13047 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
13050 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13054 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
13055 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13056 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13057 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
13058 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
13059 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
13060 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
13061 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13062 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13063 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13064 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13065 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13066 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13067 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13068 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13069 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13071 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13072 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13073 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13074 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13075 breakpoint set."));
13078 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
13079 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13080 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13081 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13082 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13083 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13084 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13085 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13086 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13088 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13089 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13090 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13091 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13092 breakpoint set."));
13094 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13097 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13098 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13099 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13100 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13101 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13102 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13103 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13104 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13105 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13107 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13108 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13109 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13110 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13111 breakpoint set."));
13113 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
13114 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13115 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13116 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13117 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13118 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13119 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13120 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13121 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13122 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13123 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13124 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13125 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13127 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13128 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13129 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13130 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13132 &maintenanceinfolist
);
13134 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
13135 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13136 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
13137 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13139 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
13140 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13141 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
13142 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13144 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13145 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13146 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13147 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13148 catch_catch_command
,
13152 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13153 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13154 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13155 catch_throw_command
,
13159 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13160 catch_fork_command_1
,
13162 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
13163 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
13164 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13165 catch_fork_command_1
,
13167 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
13168 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
13169 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13170 catch_exec_command_1
,
13174 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13175 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13176 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13177 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13178 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13179 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13180 catch_syscall_command_1
,
13181 catch_syscall_completer
,
13184 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13185 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13186 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13187 catch_ada_exception_command
,
13191 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13192 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13193 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13194 catch_assert_command
,
13199 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
13200 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13201 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13202 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13203 an expression changes.\n\
13204 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13205 the memory to which it refers."));
13206 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13208 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
13209 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13210 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13211 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13212 an expression is read.\n\
13213 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13214 the memory to which it refers."));
13215 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13217 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
13218 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13219 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13220 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13221 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13222 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13223 the memory to which it refers."));
13224 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13226 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
13227 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13229 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13230 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13231 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
13232 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
13233 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13234 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13235 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13236 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13237 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13240 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
13241 &setlist
, &showlist
);
13243 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
13245 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13247 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
13248 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13250 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13251 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13252 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13254 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
13255 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13256 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13257 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13259 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
13260 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13262 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13263 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13264 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13266 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
13267 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13269 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13270 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13271 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13272 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13273 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13274 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13275 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13276 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13277 the selected stack frame.\n\
13278 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13279 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13280 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13281 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13283 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13285 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13286 conditions are different.\n\
13288 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13289 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13290 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13292 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
13293 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13294 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13295 last tracepoint set."));
13297 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13299 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
13300 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13301 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13302 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13305 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
13306 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13307 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13308 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13310 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
13312 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
13313 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13314 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13315 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13317 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
13319 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
13320 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13321 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13322 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13323 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13325 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
13326 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13327 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
13328 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13330 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
13331 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13332 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13333 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13334 session to restore them."),
13336 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13338 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
13339 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13340 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13342 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13344 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
13345 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
13347 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13348 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13349 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13350 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13351 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
13352 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
13353 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13354 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13355 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13356 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13357 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
13358 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
13360 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
13361 &pending_break_support
, _("\
13362 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13363 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13364 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13365 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13366 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13367 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13369 show_pending_break_support
,
13370 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13371 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13373 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
13375 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
13376 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
13377 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13378 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13379 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13380 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13381 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13383 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
13384 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13385 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13387 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
13388 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
13389 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13390 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13391 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13392 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13393 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13394 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13395 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13396 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13397 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13398 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13400 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
13401 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13402 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13404 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
13405 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13406 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13407 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13408 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13409 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13410 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13411 or the start of the range\n\
13412 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13413 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13414 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13416 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13417 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13418 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13420 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
13422 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);